LG | 42LS340Y | LG 32CS460Y,42CS460Y,42LS340Y,42LS345Y دليل المالك

‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺭﻗﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ‪37‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ ‪HDMI/DTV‬‬
‫‪480x720‬‬
‫‪٣١٫٤٦٩‬‬
‫‪٣١٫٥‬‬
‫‪٥٩٫٩٤‬‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬
‫‪576x720‬‬
‫‪٣١٫٢٥‬‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪720x1280‬‬
‫‪٣٧٫٥‬‬
‫‪٤٤٫٩٦‬‬
‫‪٤٥‬‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪٥٩٫٩٤‬‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬
‫‪1080x1920‬‬
‫‪٣٣٫٧٢‬‬
‫‪٣٣٫٧٥‬‬
‫‪٢٨٫١٢٥‬‬
‫‪٢٦٫٩٧‬‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪٣٣٫٧١٦‬‬
‫‪٣٣٫٧٥‬‬
‫‪٥٦٫٢٥‬‬
‫‪٦٧٫٤٣‬‬
‫‪٦٧٫٥‬‬
‫‪٥٩٫٩٤‬‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪٢٣٫٩٧‬‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪٢٩٫٩٧٦‬‬
‫‪٣٠٫٠٠‬‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪٥٩٫٩٤‬‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸ ّﻐﻞ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪DVD‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪PB‬‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪B-Y‬‬
‫‪R-Y‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪Cb‬‬
‫‪Cr‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪Pb‬‬
‫‪Pr‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫‪480i/576i‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪480p/576p‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪720p/1080i‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪1080p‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫)‪ ٥٠‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) 3D‬ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ( ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ )ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ(‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫)ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪HDMI‬‬
‫‪720p‬‬
‫‪720x1280‬‬
‫‪٧٥ / ٩٠ / ٨٩٫٩‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‬
‫)‪(DTV‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫)ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪/ ٦٠ / ٥٩٫٩٤‬‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ )‬
‫‪٣٧٫٥ / ٤٥‬‬
‫‪٥٠ / ٦٠‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ)ﻧﺼﻒ( ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺳﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫‪1080i‬‬
‫‪1080x1920‬‬
‫‪٢٨٫١٢٥ / ٣٣٫٧‬‬
‫‪٥٠ / ٦٠‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ)ﻧﺼﻒ( ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺳﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫‪1080p‬‬
‫‪1080x1920‬‬
‫‪٥٤ / ٥٣٫٩٥‬‬
‫‪٢٤ / ٢٣٫٩٨‬‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ )‪(1080 24P‬‬
‫‪٥٦٫٣ / ٦٧٫٥‬‬
‫‪٥٠ / ٦٠‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺳﻔﻠﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ)ﻧﺼﻒ( ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺳﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫‪٣٣٫٧‬‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ)ﻧﺼﻒ( ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺳﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫‪1080p‬‬
‫‪1080x1920‬‬
‫‪٣٣٫٧٥‬‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺳﻔﻠﻲ ‪) MPO ،‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ‪،‬‬
‫‪) JPS‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‬
‫‪(720‬‬
‫‪Signal‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪720p, 1080i‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺳﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫)ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫)ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪PB‬‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻮﺯﻳﻠﻨﺪﺍ ﻭﺳﻨﻐﺎﻓﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺴﻴﺎ ﻭﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻴﺎﻧﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺳﺮﻱ ﻻﻧﻜﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺘﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰﺍﺋﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺎﻳﻼﻧﺪ ﻭﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭ‪--‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫‪DVB-T‬‬
‫‪PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ UHF‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٦٩‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : BG‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : I‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : DK‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫‪DVB-T‬‬
‫‪PAL B/B‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪VHF‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠٦‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪،١٢‬‬
‫‪ UHF‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٧‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٦٩‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : B/B‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ : CATV ،٧٥‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٤‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫‪DVB-T‬‬
‫‪PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I, NTSC-M‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ UHF‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٦٩‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : BG‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : I‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : DK‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF:M‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٧٨‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٧١‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫‪DVB-T‬‬
‫‪PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I, NTSC-M‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ VHF‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٦‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪،١٢‬‬
‫‪ UHF‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٦٩‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : BG‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : I‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : DK‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF:M‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٧٨‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٧١‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫‪DVB-T‬‬
‫‪PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I, NTSC-M‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ VHF‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٥‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪،١٢‬‬
‫‪ UHF‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٦٩‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : BG‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : I‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : DK‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF:M‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٧٨‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٧١‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I, NTSC-M‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : BG‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : I‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : DK‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF:M‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٧٨‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٧١‬‬
‫‪ ٧٥‬ﺃﻭﻡ‬
‫‪ ٧٥‬ﺃﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ‪35‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ(‬
‫*‪32LS345‬‬
‫‪32LS3450-TA‬‬
‫‪32LS345Y-TA‬‬
‫‪١٨٥٫٠ x ٥٠١٫٠ x ٧٣٨٫٠‬‬
‫*‪42LS345‬‬
‫‪42LS3450-TA‬‬
‫‪42LS345Y-TA‬‬
‫‪٢١٢٫٠ x ٦٣٥٫٠ x ٩٧٢٫٠‬‬
‫‪١٨٥٫٠ x ٥٠١٫٠ x ٧٣٨٫٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ(‬
‫‪٨٦٫٠ x ٤٣٨٫٠ x ٧٣٨٫٠‬‬
‫‪٨٦٫٠ x ٥٧١٫٠ x ٩٧٢٫٠‬‬
‫‪٨٦٫٠ x ٤٣٨٫٠ x ٧٣٨٫٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ(‬
‫‪٧٫٥‬‬
‫‪١١٫٨‬‬
‫‪٧٫٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ×‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ×‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ(‬
‫‪32LS341C-TA‬‬
‫‪٦٫٩‬‬
‫‪١٠٫٧‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ( ‪٦٫٩‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٤٠-١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ~ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٤٠-١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ~ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٤٠-١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ~ ‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫*‪42LS341‬‬
‫‪42LS341C-TA‬‬
‫‪٢١٢٫٠ x ٦٣٥٫٠ x ٩٧٢٫٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ(‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ( ‪٨٦٫٠ x ٥٧١٫٠ x ٩٧٢٫٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ(‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ( ‪١٠٫٧‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٤٠-١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ~ ‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪١١٫٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫*‪32LS341‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪٪ ٨٠‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٠-‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪٪ ٨٥‬‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫**‪22CS46‬‬
‫**‪26CS46‬‬
‫**‪32CS46‬‬
‫‪22CS460-TA‬‬
‫‪22CS460Y-TA‬‬
‫‪22CS461-TB‬‬
‫‪22CS461Y-TB‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ(‬
‫‪١٦٥,٠ x ٤٠٠٫٠ x ٥٣٩٫٠‬‬
‫‪26CS460-TA‬‬
‫‪26CS460Y-TA‬‬
‫‪26CS461-TB‬‬
‫‪26CS461Y-TB‬‬
‫‪١٩٧٫٠ x ٤٨٣٫٠ x ٦٦٣٫٠‬‬
‫‪32CS460-TA‬‬
‫‪32CS460Y-TB‬‬
‫‪32CS461-TB‬‬
‫‪32CS461Y-TB‬‬
‫‪٢٠٧٫٠ x ٥٦٥٫٠ x ٧٩٤٫٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ(‬
‫‪٥٦٫٨ x ٣٤٥٫٠ x ٥٣٩٫٠‬‬
‫‪٧٢٫٨ x ٤٢٤٫٠ x ٦٦٣٫٠‬‬
‫‪٧٣٫٥ x ٥٠٤٫٠ x ٧٩٤٫٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ(‬
‫‪٤٫٢‬‬
‫‪٧٫٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ×‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ×‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫‪٩٫٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ( ‪٣٫٩‬‬
‫‪٨٫٠‬‬
‫‪٦٫٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٤٠-١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ~ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٤٠-١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ~ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٤٠-١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ~ ‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫**‪26CS47‬‬
‫**‪22CS47‬‬
‫**‪42CS46‬‬
‫‪42CS460-TA‬‬
‫‪42CS460Y-TA‬‬
‫‪26CS470-TA‬‬
‫‪22CS470-TA‬‬
‫‪42CS461-TB‬‬
‫‪26CS471-TB‬‬
‫‪22CS471-TB‬‬
‫‪42CS461Y-TB‬‬
‫‪١٩٧٫٠ x ٤٨٣٫٠ x ٦٦٣٫٠‬‬
‫‪١٦٥٫٠ x ٤٠٠٫٠ x ٥٣٩٫٠‬‬
‫‪٢٦١٫٠ x ٦٩٥٫٠ x ١٠١٧٫٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ(‬
‫‪٧٢٫٨ x ٤٢٤٫٠ x ٦٦٣٫٠‬‬
‫‪٥٦٫٨ x ٣٤٥٫٠ x ٥٣٩٫٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ( ‪٧٦٫٥ x ٦٢٩٫٠ x ١٠١٧٫٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ(‬
‫‪١٥٫١‬‬
‫‪٤٫٢‬‬
‫‪٧٫٤‬‬
‫‪٣٫٩‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ×‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ×‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ(‬
‫‪٦٫٦‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ( ‪١٣٫٥‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٤٠-١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ~ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٤٠-١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ~ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٤٠-١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ~ ‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫*‪32LS340‬‬
‫**‪42CS47‬‬
‫**‪32CS47‬‬
‫‪32LS3400-TA‬‬
‫‪42CS470-TA‬‬
‫‪32CS470-TA‬‬
‫‪32LS340Y-TA‬‬
‫‪42CS471-TB‬‬
‫‪32CS471-TB‬‬
‫‪٢٠٧٫٠ x ٥٦٦٫٠ x ٧٩٥٫٠‬‬
‫‪٢٦١٫٠ x ٦٩٥٫٠ x ١٠١٧٫٠‬‬
‫‪٢٠٧٫٠ x ٥٦٥٫٠ x ٧٩٤٫٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ(‬
‫‪٧٣٫٥ x ٥٠٤٫٠ x ٧٩٥٫٠‬‬
‫‪٧٦٫٥ x ٦٢٩٫٠ x ١٠١٧٫٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ( ‪٧٣٫٥ x ٥٠٤٫٠ x ٧٩٤٫٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ(‬
‫‪٩٫٠‬‬
‫‪١٥٫١‬‬
‫‪٩٫١‬‬
‫‪٨٫١‬‬
‫‪١٣٫٥‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ( ‪٨٫٠‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٤٠-١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ~ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٤٠-١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ~ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٤٠-١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ~ ‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫**‪42LM34‬‬
‫**‪32LM34‬‬
‫*‪42LS340‬‬
‫‪42LM3400-TB‬‬
‫‪32LM3400-TB‬‬
‫‪42LM340Y-TB‬‬
‫‪42LS3400-TA‬‬
‫‪32LM340Y-TB‬‬
‫‪42LM3410-TC‬‬
‫‪42LS340Y-TA‬‬
‫‪32LM3410-TC‬‬
‫‪42LM341Y-TC‬‬
‫‪32LM341Y-TC‬‬
‫‪42LM3450-TC‬‬
‫‪42LM345Y-TC‬‬
‫‪٢٦١٫٠ x ٦٩٦٫٠ x ١٠١٨٫٠‬‬
‫‪٢٠٧٫٠ x ٥٦٦٫٠ x ٧٩٥٫٠‬‬
‫‪٢٦١٫٠ x ٦٩٦٫٠ x ١٠١٨٫٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ(‬
‫‪٧٦٫٥ x ٦٢٩٫٠ x ١٠١٨٫٠‬‬
‫‪٧٣٫٥ x ٥٠٤٫٠ x ٧٩٥٫٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ( ‪٧٦٫٥ x ٦٢٩٫٠ x ١٠١٨٫٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ(‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪١٣٫١‬‬
‫‪٨٫١‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ( ‪١٣٫١‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٤٠-١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ~ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٤٠-١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ~ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٤٠-١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ~ ‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪١٤٫٧‬‬
‫‪٩٫١‬‬
‫‪١٤٫٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ‪33‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻫﺘﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﺩﺍء ﻟﻪ ﻭﻹﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻈﻔﺮﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺸﻲء ﺣﺎﺩ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﺪﻭﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺗﺸﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺍﻛﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺑُﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ )‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺼ ُﺪﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻓﺠﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ‪) Auto sleep‬ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ( ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪) Time‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ‪ 15‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻃﺒﺔ ﺑﻤﺎء ﻧﻈﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻣﺴﺤﻪ ً‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
32
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
.‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ‬
User Guide
1
PROGRAMME Setting
PICTURE, SOUND Setting
OPTION
OPTION > To set language
SETTING OPTION ¨ Language
You can select the language of the menu displayed on the screen and the
digital sound broadcasting.
Menu Language : Selects a language for the display text.
Audio Language [In Digital Mode Only] : Select the desired language
when watching digital broadcasting containg several
voice languages.
Subtitle Language [In Digital Mode Only] : Use the Subtitle function when
two or more subtitle languages are broadcast.
✎ If subtitle data in a selected language is not
broadcast, the default language subtitle will
be displayed.
.‫ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬SETTINGS ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
Customer ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬
.(‫ )ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼء‬Support
(‫ )ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬User Guide ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
.OK ‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
1
2
3
Advanced Function
2
Zoom In
Close
SETTING OPTION ¨ Language
You can select the language of the menu displayed on the screen and the
digital sound broadcasting.
Menu Language : Selects a language for the display text.
Audio Language [In Digital Mode Only] : elect the desired language when
watching digital broadcasting containg several voice
languages.
Subtitle Language [In Digital Mode Only] : Use the Subtitle function when
two or more subtitle languages are broadcast.
✎ If subtitle data in a selected language is not broadcast, the default language subtitle will be displayed.
PICTURE
AUDIO
SETUP
TIME
LOCK
OPTION
INPUT
MY MEDIA
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
Information
Press OK( ) to set picture settings.
Customer Support
Exit
Software Update
Picture Test
2
Sound Test
Zoom Out
Close
Signal Test
Product/Service Info.
.‫ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬1
.‫ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬ꕌ/ꕍ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
User Guide
Close
.‫ ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬2
User Guide
3
2
To use input device
To use Energy Saving feature
PROGRAMME Setting
To set time options
PICTURE, SOUND Setting
OPTION
To set TV lock options
To set language
Advanced Function
To set country
Information
To set subtitle
1
.‫ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‬1
.‫ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‬2
.‫ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬ꕌ/ꕍ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
.‫ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬3
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ‪31‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ 32/42LM34‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪TV/RAD‬‬
‫‪INFO‬‬
‫‪RATIO‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪GUIDE‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺽ ً‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪LIST‬‬
‫‪Q.VIEW‬‬
‫ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪3D OPTION‬‬
‫‪SETTINGS‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ )ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪/‬ﻳﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻦ(‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪EXIT‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻟﻤﻌﺎﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ AV‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﺒﻞ ‪ HDMI‬ﻋﺒﺮ ‪.HDMI-CEC‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪.SIMPLINK‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪FAV‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪MUTE‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫(‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ‪،‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪،‬‬
‫) ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‪،‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ(‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻲ )‪ ،(MY MEDIA‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪(USB,SIMPLINK) .SIMPLINK‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Q.MENU‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ُﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ )‪ 1.5‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ‪ (AAA‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺇﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻜﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺨﻠﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﻱ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ 32/42LS34** ,22/26/32/42CS47** ,22/26/32/42CS46‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪ENERGY‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪SAVING‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪TV/RAD‬‬
‫‪INFO‬‬
‫‪RATIO‬‬
‫‪GUIDE‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺽ ً‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪LIST‬‬
‫‪Q.VIEW‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Q.MENU‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ )ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪/‬ﻳﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻦ(‬
‫‪SETTINGS‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻟﻤﻌﺎﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪EXIT‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ AV‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﺒﻞ ‪ HDMI‬ﻋﺒﺮ ‪.HDMI-CEC‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪.SIMPLINK‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪FAV‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪MUTE‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫(‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ(‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ‪،‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪،‬‬
‫) ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻲ )‪ ،(MY MEDIA‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪(USB,SIMPLINK) .SIMPLINK‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ‪29‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ 22/26/32/42CS47‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪H/P‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫)*ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) AUDIO‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( ﻣُﻌﻄﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪ 16 :‬ﺃﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪ 9 :‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻁ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 15‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻁ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪ 0.35 :‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮ ّﻛﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﻱ ﻭﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻼﺵ ‪ USB‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻄﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪USB IN‬‬
‫‪COMPONENT IN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪AV IN‬‬
‫‪L/MONO AUDIO R‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪AUDIO‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪PB‬‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫)*ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫)*ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫‪L (MONO) AUDIO R‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ /‬ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪ / DVD‬ﺑﻠﻮ ﺭﺍﻱ ‪ /‬ﺭﻳﺴﻴﻔﺮ ‪HD‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ‪27‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ HDMI‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﻱ ﻭﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪ HDMI‬ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻬﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪COMPONENT IN‬‬
‫‪AV IN‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪AUDIO‬‬
‫‪IN‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫)*ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻀﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪ / DVD‬ﺑﻠﻮ ﺭﺍﻱ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺭﻳﺴﻴﻔﺮ ‪ / HD STB / HD‬ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫‪PB‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫)*ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻀﺮ‬
‫‪HDMI‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ‪ HDMI‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﻛﺒﻞ ™‪ HDMI‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪CEC‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ™‪ HDMI‬ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 1080p‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪ MPEG :‬ﻭ ‪ Dolby Digital‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ Dolby Digital Plus‬ﻭ ‪HE-AAC‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪ HDMI‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ ‪ Dolby Digital :‬ﻭ ‪PCM‬‬
‫)ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 192‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ،32k/44.1k/48k/88k/96k/176k/192k‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ DTS‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪AUDIO‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪ / DVD‬ﺑﻠﻮ ﺭﺍﻱ ‪ /‬ﺭﻳﺴﻴﻔﺮ ‪HD‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﻮﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪L/MONO AUDIO R‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻣًﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ CS46‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪RF‬‬
‫)ﺑﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪ 75‬ﺃﻭﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﺑ ّﺪﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﺸﻐﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪ DVD‬ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ANTENNA/‬‬
‫‪CABLE IN‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ‪ DVD‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪ DVD‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) PC‬ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) PICTURE‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) PC‬ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺯﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﻣﺤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ ‪25‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ *‪ 32/42LS341* ,32/42LS345‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪,26/32/42CS47** ,26/32/42CS46‬‬
‫*‪,32LS345* ,32/42LM34**, 32/42LS340‬‬
‫*‪ 32LS341‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﺥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻭﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﻜﺴﺮ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﺤﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪,26/32/42CS47** ,26/32/42CS46‬‬
‫*‪ 32/42LM34** ,32/42LS340‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ *‪ 32LS341*,32LS345‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻭﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻫﻚ‬
‫ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﻤﺸﺒﻚ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻜﺴﺮ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﺹ ﻭﺛﺒّﺖ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﺋﻂ ﺻﻠﺐ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻨﺎء ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻫﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻲ ‪ LG‬ﺑﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫•‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻭﻗﻮﺱ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﺻﻔﺎ ﻟﻸﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻗﻮﺱ‬
‫‪ .VESA‬ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ )ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ(‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫**‪,22CS46‬‬
‫**‪22CS47‬‬
‫‪) VESA‬ﺃ ‪ x‬ﺏ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫‪100 x 100‬‬
‫‪M4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪LSW100B‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫**‪,42LS34** ,42CS47**, 42CS46‬‬
‫**‪42LM34‬‬
‫‪200 x 200‬‬
‫‪M6‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪LSW200BX‬‬
‫‪LSW220BX‬‬
‫‪) VESA‬ﺃ ‪ x‬ﺏ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫**‪,26/32CS46‬‬
‫**‪,26/32CS47‬‬
‫**‪,32LS34‬‬
‫**‪32LM34‬‬
‫‪100 x 200‬‬
‫‪M4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪LSW100B‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻘﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﻭﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻌﺘﻤ ًﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ‪ LG‬ﻭﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ‪ .VESA‬ﻻ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮء ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ‪.VESA‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ ‪23‬‬
‫ﺇﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫)ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ‪Kensington‬‬
‫)ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ(‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ‪ Kensington‬ﺑﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ‪ Kensington‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪http://www.kensington.com.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ‪ Kensington‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺮﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ‬‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺓ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺒّﺖ ﻗﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻃﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺓ ﻭﻗﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻗﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺁﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺒﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻟﺘﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﺃﻣﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﻖ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ِ -‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪,32/42LS340* ,32/42CS47** ,32/42CS46‬‬
‫**‪ 32/42LM34‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ‪ 20‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻼﺋﻤﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫« ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﺪﻱ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪,26/32/42CS47**, 26/32/42CS46‬‬
‫**‪ 32/42LM34** ,32/42LS34‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺛﺒّﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﻴْﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﺭﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ /‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﺭﺟﺤﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ ‪21‬‬
‫*‪42LS341* ,42LS345‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪4EA‬‬
‫‪P4 x 16‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ,‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺵ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺣﻜﻢ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﻳﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻜﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4EA‬‬
‫‪M4 x 14‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫**‪,32/42LS340* ,32/42CS47** ,32/42CS46‬‬
‫**‪32/42LM34‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫*‪32LS341* ,32LS345‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪4EA‬‬
‫‪M4 x 20‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪2EA‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪P4 x 16‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4EA‬‬
‫‪4EA‬‬
‫‪M4 x 20‬‬
‫‪M4 x 20‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ ‪19‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫**‪26CS47** ,26CS46‬‬
‫**‪22CS47** ,22CS46‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪4EA‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪M4 x 20‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2EA‬‬
‫‪P4 x 16‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4EA‬‬
‫‪M4 x 20‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺧﺪﺷﻪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻵﻣﻦ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺃﻭ ً‬
‫ﻣﻐﻠﻔﺎ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺭﻓﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻌﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻋﻨﻚ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻤﻜﺒّﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻜﺒّﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻟﻼﺭﺗﺠﺎﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﱢ‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻣًﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺠﻨّﺐ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻳﻤﻴ ًﻨﺎ ﺃﻭ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ ‪17‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺃ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺏ ‪:‬‬
‫**‪,22/26/32/42CS46‬‬
‫**‪,22/26/32/42CS47‬‬
‫*‪,32/42LS340‬‬
‫**‪32/42LM34‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫*‪,32/42LS345‬‬
‫*‪32/42LS341‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪SETTINGS‬‬
‫‪INPUT‬‬
‫‪INPUT‬‬
‫‪SETTINGS‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺃ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪S SETTINGS‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪INPUT‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪I/‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺈﺻﺒﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺪﻑ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﻟﺸﺮﺍء ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫**‪AG-F3‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫‪AG-F3** DP‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫**‪32/42LM34‬‬
‫**‪AG-F3‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫•‬
‫‪AG-F3** DP‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫•‬
‫**‪,22/26/32/42CS46‬‬
‫**‪,22/26/32/42CS47‬‬
‫**‪32/42LS34‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ًﺩﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨّﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ ‪15‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫• ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭ ‪ GND‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺈﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬‫« ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺛﻤﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭ ‪ GND‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺈﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻃﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻓﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﺍ‬‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪ ,‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﻨّﺐ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪.‬‬‫‪.1‬ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪.Set-Top box‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺑﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.Set-Top box‬‬
‫"ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺭﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺭﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻋﺰﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﻌﻴّﻦ )ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺟﻠﻔﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ‬
‫‪"(EN 60728-11‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ‬
‫‪ANTENNA/‬‬
‫‪CABLE IN‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ‪ /‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ 22CS47** ,22CS46‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(19‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ‪ /‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ 26CS47** ,26CS46‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(19‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ‪ /‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ 32/42LM34** ,32/42LS340* ,32/42CS47** ,32/42CS46‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(20‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ‪ /‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ *‪ 32LS341*,32LS345‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(20‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ‪ /‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ *‪ 42LS341*,42LS345‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(21‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ ‪13‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫)ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪P4 x 16 ،2EA‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪,22CS46‬‬
‫**‪ 22CS47‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(19‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪M4 x 20 ،8EA‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪,26/32/42CS46‬‬
‫**‪,26/32/42CS47‬‬
‫*‪,32/42LS340‬‬
‫**‪ 32/42LM34‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(20 ,19‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪P4 x 16 ،2EA‬‬
‫‪M4 x 20 ،4EA‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ *‪,32LS345‬‬
‫*‪ 32LS341‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(20‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪P4 x 16 ،4EA‬‬
‫‪M4 x 14 ،4EA‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ *‪,42LS345‬‬
‫*‪ 42LS341‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(21‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪,26/32/42CS46‬‬
‫**‪,26/32/42CS47‬‬
‫**‪,32/42LS34‬‬
‫**‪ 32/42LM34‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(22‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‬
‫)ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(25‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪,26CS46‬‬
‫**‪ 26CS47‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(25‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪,32CS46‬‬
‫**‪,32LS340* ,32CS47‬‬
‫**‪ 32LM34‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(25‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪,42CS46‬‬
‫**‪,42LS340* ,42CS47‬‬
‫**‪ 42LM34‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(25‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ *‪,32LS345‬‬
‫*‪ 32LS341‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(25‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ 32/42LM34‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ‬
‫)ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(15‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫)ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ‪(AAA‬‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(31 ,30‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺗﻪ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤ ّﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺒّﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒّﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫• ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ‪ HDMI‬ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪ 10 USB‬ﻣﻢ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺇﻃﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻜﺎ ﻭ ‪ 18‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ‪ USB 2.0‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ USB‬ﻻ ﺗﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫< ‪ 10‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫*)‪= (A‬‬
‫< ‪ 18‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫*)‪= (B‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ‪11‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‬
‫• ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‬
‫ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ ‪ .LG‬ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ً‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌ ّﺪﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺟ ًﺪﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟ ًﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﺵ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺨﺪﺵ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻔﻬﺎ‪/‬ﺑﻤﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪/‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ‪ 5‬ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ‪.‬‬‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ‪ 10‬ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻹﺛﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺣﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ(‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺟﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﻦ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻮﻥ ً‬
‫ﻋﻤﻘﺎ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻫﻘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻫﻘﻮﻥ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 19‬ﻋﺎﻣًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻗ ّﺪﻡ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ‬‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻌﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺐ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺠﻠﺲ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ً‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺬ ً‬‫ﻗﺴﻄﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ‪ 15 - 5‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﺍﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺭﻫﺎﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺴﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﻢ ﻟﻀﻮء ﻭﺍﻣﺾ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻼ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺽ ﻣﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻐﺜﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺸﻌﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺬﻭﺫ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳُﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻰ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤ َﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟ َﻌ َﻤﺶ )ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻖ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺐ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺄﺧﺬ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺣﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺠﻨﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺊ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪/‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺧﺬ ً‬
‫ﻗﺴﻄﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﺍﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺄﻟﻢ ﺑﻤﻘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺜﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻔﻘﺎﻥ‬‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺒﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻚ ﺗﻐﻠﻴﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻦ ﺑﺸﺨﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﺤﻤﻠﻪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺛﻘﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﻮﻳًﺎ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﻌﻄﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻷﻱ‬
‫• ﺃﻭﻛﻞ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫"ﻭﻣﻴﻀﺎ"‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﺭ ًﺩﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻤﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻠﺤﻆ‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ )ﻛﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ( ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺑﺒﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨّﺐ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ )ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪ ،LCD‬ﻭﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺯﻣﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،4:3‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺒﺒًﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻓﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ "ﺗﻜﺴﻴﺮ"‪ :‬ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠّﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﻃﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪/‬ﻃﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺧﺎﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﺘﺔ ﻣﻼﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻯ ً‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻃﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺩﺍء ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ً‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻃﺎ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ )ﺣﻤﺮﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭﻗﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺧﻀﺮﺍء( ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ‪ 1‬ﺟﺰء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻄﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺒﺒًﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻓﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺗﻚ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺄﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻄﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺼﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪) .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻄﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺳﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻔﺮﻃﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ(‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺠﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﺴﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻴﺮ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺤﺺ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺑﺪﺍ ﻟﻚ ﺗﻠﻔﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻮء ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﺼﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮء ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻟﻠﺜﻨﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻮﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻲ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﺟﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻭﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺸﻲء ﺣﺎﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻇﻔﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺭﺻﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺣﺒﺮ ﺑﺸ ّﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺨﺪﺷﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ )ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ( ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻣﺴﺤﻪ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻃﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺧﺪﻭﺵ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ )ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻃﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻭﺍﻓﺼﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ٍ‬
‫• ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻛﺎﻟﺮﻓﻮﻑ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪) VESA‬ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ )ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺛﺒّﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ِﻗﺒﻞ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻧﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 2‬ﻭ ‪ 7‬ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻑ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﻮﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤ ّﺪﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺨﻠﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﺸﻮﺵ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺿﻮء ﻗﻮﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﻋﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻛﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺸﺐ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺗﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺗﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ‬‫ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬‫ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬‫ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺴﺒّﺐ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ّ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻏﺮﺽ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺰﻫﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪nt‬‬
‫‪icca‬‬
‫‪Des‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﻖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻨﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻋﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻋﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﺃﺟﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺴﺒّﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻨﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺆ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺪﻉ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻳﺘﺴﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻻ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻼ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ّ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ً‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺼﻌﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪).‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ(‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﺒﺎﻻﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﻋﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺟﻴ ًﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﺸﺐ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻤﺴﺤﻪ ﺑﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ )ﻣﺮﻗﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺎﻥ "ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺮ" ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ(‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺸﺐ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻠﺼﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻄﺮﻕ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻲء‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺃﺑ ًﺪﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻫﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺼﻌﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻏﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻭﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺸﺐ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﺏ ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻕ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﺹ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻄﺤﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬‫ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺤﻤﺎﻡ ً‬‫ﻣﺜﻼ‬
‫ ُﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗُﺼﺪﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬‫ ُﻗﺮﺏ ﻃﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ‬‫ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‬
‫ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ّ‬‫ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺰﻫﺮﻳﺎﺕ‬‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻐﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻳﺪﺍﻙ ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺭﻃﺒًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻐﻄﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺼﻌﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‪) .‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺼﻌﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺸﺐ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﺪﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ‪ /‬ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪.www.lg.com‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﻨﻌﻪ ﺑﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻭﻟﺒﻰ‪.‬‬
‫" ﺩﻭﻟﺒﻰ " ﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﺩ – ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻭﻟﺒﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ‪ HDMI‬ﻭﺷﻌﺎﺭ ‪ HDMI‬ﻭ‪ High-Definition Multimedia Interface‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪.HDMI Licensing LLC‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ‪ :DIVX VIDEO-ON-DEMAND‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ®‪ DivX Certified‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍ ﺑـ ‪ (VOD‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣ ّﺪﺩ‬
‫‪) DivX Video-on-Demand‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪ DivX VOD‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪ vod.divx.com‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫"®‪ DivX Certified‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ®‪ DivX‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ،HD 1080p‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ‪".Premium‬‬
‫"®‪ DivX‬ﻭ ®‪ DivX Certified‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪Rovi‬‬
‫‪ Corporation‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ‪".‬‬
‫"ﺗﻐﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪“7,519,274 ;7,515,710 ;7,460,668 ;7,295,673‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ‪ GPL‬ﻭ ‪ LGPL‬ﻭ ‪ MPL‬ﻭﺗﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪.http://opensource.lge.com‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﻭﻛﻔﺎﻻﺕ ﺇﺧﻼء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ‪ً LG Electronics‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .opensource@lge.com‬ﻳﺴﺮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ )‪ (3‬ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ‪ DivX® :DIVX VIDEO‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﺗﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ،DivX, LLC‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ .Rovi Corporation‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ®‪ DivX Certified‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ .DivX‬ﺗﻔﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪ divx.com‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺗﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪.DivX‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﻲ‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‬
‫ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬‫‪ -‬ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻠﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻃﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻠﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺿﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺯ ‪ LCD‬ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪/ LED‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ‪LCD‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫**‪LS34‬‬
‫**‪LM34‬‬
‫**‪CS46‬‬
‫**‪CS47‬‬
‫‪www.lg.com‬‬
Download PDF